blob: 62106eb58b15e19e5f6d5446d4d8062b192cea55 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000064 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000065 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000083 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000099 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000626Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000630 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
631 Diag(Loc,
632 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
633 << D->getDeclName();
634 return ExprError();
635 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000636
637 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
638 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
639 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
640 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
642 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
643 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
644 << D->getIdentifier();
645 return ExprError();
646 }
647 }
648 }
649 }
650
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000651 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000652
653 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000654 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000655 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
656 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000657 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000658 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000659 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
660
661 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000662}
663
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000664/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
665/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
666/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000667static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
668 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000669 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
670 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
671
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000672 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
673 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
674 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000675 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000676 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
677 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000678 D != DEnd; ++D) {
679 if (*D == Record) {
680 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
681 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
682 ++D;
683 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000684 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000685 return *D;
686 }
687 }
688
689 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
690 return 0;
691}
692
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000693/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
694/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
695/// actual member.
696///
697/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
698/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
699/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
700/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
701/// we found.
702///
703/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
704/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
705/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
706VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
707 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000708 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
709 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
710 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
711
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000712 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000713 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
714 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
715 do {
716 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000717 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000718 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000719 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000720 else {
721 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
722 break;
723 }
724 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
725 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
726 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000727
728 return BaseObject;
729}
730
731Sema::OwningExprResult
732Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
733 FieldDecl *Field,
734 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
735 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
736 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
737 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
738 AnonFields);
739
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000740 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
741 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
742 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
743 // found via name lookup.
744 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
745 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
746 if (BaseObject) {
747 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
748 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000749 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000750 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000751 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000752 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000753 ExtraQuals
754 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
755 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
756 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
757 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
758 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
759 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
760 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
761 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
762 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
763 }
764 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
765 } else {
766 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
767 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
768 // program our base object expression is "this".
769 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
770 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
771 QualType AnonFieldType
772 = Context.getTagDeclType(
773 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
774 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
775 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
776 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
777 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
778 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000779 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000780 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000781 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
782 }
783 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000784 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
785 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000786 }
787 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
788 }
789
790 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000791 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
792 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000793 }
794
795 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
796 // anonymous struct/union.
797 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
798 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
799 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
800 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
801 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
802 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
803 unsigned combinedQualifiers
804 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
805 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
806 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000807 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000808 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
809 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000810 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
811 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000812 }
813
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000814 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000815}
816
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000817/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
818/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
819/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
820/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
821/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
822/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
823/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
824/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
825/// forms.
826///
827/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
828/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
829/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
830/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000831///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000832/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
833/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
834/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
835/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000836Sema::OwningExprResult
837Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
838 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000839 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000840 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000841 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000842 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
843 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000844
845 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
846 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
847 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
848 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000849 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000850 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000851 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
852 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000853 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000854 }
855
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000856 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
857 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000858
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000859 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
860 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
861 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
862 : SourceRange());
863 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000864 }
865
866 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000867
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000868 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
869 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000870 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
871 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000872 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
873 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000874 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
875 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
876 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000877 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000879 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000880 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
881 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000882 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000883 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
884 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000885
886 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
887 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
888 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
889 return ExprError();
890
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000891 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
892 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
893 // an error.
894 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
895 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
896 << IV->getDeclName());
897 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
898 // same name exists, use the global.
899 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000900 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
901 ClassDeclared != IFace)
902 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000903 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
904 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000905 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
906 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000907 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000908 return Owned(new (Context)
909 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000910 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000911 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000912 }
913 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
915 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000917 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000918 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
919 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
921 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000922 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000923 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000924 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000925 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000926 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000927 QualType T;
928
929 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
930 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
931 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
932 else
933 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000934 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000935 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000936 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000937
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000938 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
939 // argument-dependent lookup.
940 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
941 HasTrailingLParen;
942
943 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000944 // We've seen something of the form
945 //
946 // identifier(
947 //
948 // and we did not find any entity by the name
949 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
950 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
951 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
952 Context.OverloadTy,
953 Loc));
954 }
955
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000956 if (D == 0) {
957 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
958 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000959 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000960 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000961 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000962 else {
963 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
964 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000965 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000966 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
967 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000968 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
969 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000970 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
971 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000972 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000973 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000974 }
975 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000976
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000977 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
978 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
979 // not any specific instance's member.
980 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000981 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000982 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000983 QualType DType;
984 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
985 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
986 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
987 DType = Method->getType();
988 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
989 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
990 }
991 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
992 if (!DType.isNull()) {
993 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
994 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000995 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000996 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000997 }
998 }
999 }
1000
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001001 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1002 // (C++ [class.union]).
1003 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1004 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1005 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001006
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001007 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1008 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1009 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1010 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1011 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1012 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1013 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1014 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1015 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1016 QualType MemberType;
1017 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1018 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1019 MemberType = FD->getType();
1020
1021 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1022 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1023 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1024 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1025 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1026 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1027 }
1028 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1029 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1030 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1031 MemberType = Method->getType();
1032 }
1033 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1034 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1035 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1036 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1037 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1038 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1039 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1040 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1041 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1042 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1043 break;
1044 }
1045 }
1046 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001047
1048 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001049 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1050 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1051 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1052 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1053 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1054 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001055 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001056 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001057 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001058 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001059 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001060 }
1061 }
1062 }
1063 }
1064
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001065 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001066 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1067 if (MD->isStatic())
1068 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001069 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1070 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001071 }
1072
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001073 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1074 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1075 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1077 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001078 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001079
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001080 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001081 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001082 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001083 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001084 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001085 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001086
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001087 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001088 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001089 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1090 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001091 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001092 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1093 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001094 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001095
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001096 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1097 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1098 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1099 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1100 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1101 return ExprError();
1102
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001103 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001104 // Warn about constructs like:
1105 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1106 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001107
1108 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
1109 // information to check this property.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001110 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1111 Scope *CheckS = S;
1112 while (CheckS) {
1113 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001114 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001115 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001116 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1117 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001118 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001119 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1120 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001121 break;
1122 }
1123
1124 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1125 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1126 if (CheckS)
1127 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1128 }
1129 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001130 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1131 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1132 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1133 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1134 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1135 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1136 // type.
1137 QualType T = Func->getType();
1138 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1140 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001141 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001142 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001143 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001144
1145 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1146 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147 return ExprError();
1148
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001149 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1150 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1151 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1152 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001153 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001154 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1155 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1156 //
1157 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001158 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001159 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001160 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001161 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001162 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001163 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1164 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001165 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001166
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001167 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001168 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1169 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001170 }
1171 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1172 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001173
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001174 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001175 bool ValueDependent = false;
1176 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1177 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1178 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1179 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1180 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1181 TypeDependent = true;
1182 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1183 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1184 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1185 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1186 TypeDependent = true;
1187 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1188 // names a dependent type.
1189 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001190 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001191 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1192 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001193 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001194 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1195 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1196 TypeDependent = true;
1197 break;
1198 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001199 }
1200 }
1201 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001202
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001203 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1204 //
1205 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1206 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1207 if (TypeDependent)
1208 ValueDependent = true;
1209 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1210 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1211 ValueDependent = true;
1212 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1213 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001214 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1215 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1216 Dcl->getInit()) {
1217 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1218 }
1219 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001220 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001221
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001222 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1223 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001224}
1225
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001226Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1227 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001228 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001229
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001230 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001231 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001232 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1233 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1234 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001235 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001236
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001237 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1238 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001239 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001240 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1241 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001242 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1243 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1244 else {
1245 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1246 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1247 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1248 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001249
1250
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001251 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001252 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001253 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001254 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001255}
1256
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001257Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001258 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1259 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1260 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1261 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001262
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001263 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1264 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1265 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001266 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001267
1268 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1269
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001270 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1271 Literal.isWide(),
1272 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001273}
1274
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1276 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001277 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1278 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001279 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001280 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001281 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001282 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001283 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001284
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001285 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001286 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1287 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001288 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001289
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001290 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1291 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001292
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001293 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1294 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1295 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001296 return ExprError();
1297
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001298 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001299
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001300 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001301 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001302 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001303 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001304 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001305 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001306 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001307 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001308
1309 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1310
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001311 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1312 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001313 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1314 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001316 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001317 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001318 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001319 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001320
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001321 // long long is a C99 feature.
1322 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001323 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001324 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1325
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001326 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001327 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001329 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1330 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1331 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001332 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1333 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001334 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001335 } else {
1336 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1337 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001338
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001339 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1340 // be an unsigned int.
1341 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1342
1343 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001344 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001345 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1346 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001347 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001348
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001349 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1350 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1351 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1352 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001353 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001354 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001355 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001356 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001357 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001358 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001359
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001360 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001361 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001362 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001364 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1365 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1366 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1367 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001368 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001369 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001370 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001371 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001372 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001373 }
1374
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001375 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001376 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001377 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001378
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001379 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1380 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1381 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1382 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001383 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001384 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001385 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001386 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001387 }
1388 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001389
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001390 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1391 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001392 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001393 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001394 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001395 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001396 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001397
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001398 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1399 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001400 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001401 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001402 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001403
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001404 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1405 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001406 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1407 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001408
1409 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001410}
1411
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001412Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1413 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001414 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001415 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001416 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001417}
1418
1419/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1420/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001421bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001422 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1423 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1424 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001425 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1426 return false;
1427
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001428 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001429 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001430 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001431 if (isSizeof)
1432 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1433 return false;
1434 }
1435
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001436 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001437 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001438 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1439 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001440 return false;
1441 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001442
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001443 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1444 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1445 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1446 ExprRange))
1447 return true;
1448
1449 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001450 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001451 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001452 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1453 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001454 }
1455
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001456 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001457}
1458
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001459bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1460 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1461 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001462
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001463 // alignof decl is always ok.
1464 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1465 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001466
1467 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1468 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1469 return false;
1470
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001471 if (E->getBitField()) {
1472 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1473 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001474 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001475
1476 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1477 // bit-field.
1478 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1479 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1480 return false;
1481
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001482 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1483}
1484
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001485/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1486Action::OwningExprResult
1487Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1488 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1489 if (T.isNull())
1490 return ExprError();
1491
1492 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1493 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1494 return ExprError();
1495
1496 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1497 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1498 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1499 R.getEnd()));
1500}
1501
1502/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1503/// operand.
1504Action::OwningExprResult
1505Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1506 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1507 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1508 bool isInvalid = false;
1509 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1510 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1511 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1512 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001513 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001514 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1515 isInvalid = true;
1516 } else {
1517 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1518 }
1519
1520 if (isInvalid)
1521 return ExprError();
1522
1523 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1524 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1525 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1526 R.getEnd()));
1527}
1528
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001529/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1530/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1531/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001532Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001533Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1534 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001535 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001536 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001537
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001538 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001539 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1540 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1541 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001542
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001543 // Get the end location.
1544 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1545 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1546 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1547
1548 if (Result.isInvalid())
1549 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1550
1551 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001552}
1553
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001554QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001555 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1556 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001557
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001558 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001559 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1560 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001561
1562 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1563 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1564 return V->getType();
1565
1566 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001567 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1568 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001569 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001570}
1571
1572
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001573
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001574Action::OwningExprResult
1575Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1576 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1577 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001578
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001579 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1580 switch (Kind) {
1581 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1582 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1583 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1584 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001585
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001586 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1587 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1588 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001589 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001590 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1591
1592 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1593 //
1594 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1595 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1596 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1597 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1598 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1599 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1600 // argument will have value zero.
1601 Expr *Args[2] = {
1602 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001603 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1604 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 };
1606
1607 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1608 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001609 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001610
1611 // Perform overload resolution.
1612 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001613 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001614 case OR_Success: {
1615 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1616 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1617
1618 if (FnDecl) {
1619 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1620 // operator.
1621
1622 // Convert the arguments.
1623 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1624 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001626 } else {
1627 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001628 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001629 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1630 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001631 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001632 }
1633
1634 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001635 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001636 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1637 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001638
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001639 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001640 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001641 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001642 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1643
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001644 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001645 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001646 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1647 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1648 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001649 } else {
1650 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1651 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1652 // operator node.
1653 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1654 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001655 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001656
1657 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001658 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001659 }
1660
1661 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1662 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1663 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1664 break;
1665
1666 case OR_Ambiguous:
1667 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1668 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1669 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1670 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001671 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001672
1673 case OR_Deleted:
1674 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1675 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1676 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1677 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1678 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1679 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001680 }
1681
1682 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1683 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1684 // build a built-in operation.
1685 }
1686
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001687 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1688 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001689 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001690 return ExprError();
1691 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001692 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001693}
1694
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001695Action::OwningExprResult
1696Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1697 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1698 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1699 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001700
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001701 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001702 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1703 Base.release();
1704 Idx.release();
1705 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1706 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1707 }
1708
1709 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001710 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001711 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1712 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1713 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001714 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1715 // to the candidate set.
1716 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1717 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001718 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1719 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001720
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001721 // Perform overload resolution.
1722 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001723 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001724 case OR_Success: {
1725 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1726 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1727
1728 if (FnDecl) {
1729 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1730 // operator.
1731
1732 // Convert the arguments.
1733 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1734 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1735 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1736 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1737 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001738 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001739 } else {
1740 // Convert the arguments.
1741 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1742 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1743 "passing") ||
1744 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1745 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1746 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001747 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001748 }
1749
1750 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001751 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001752 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1753 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001754
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001755 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001756 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1757 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001758 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1759
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001760 Base.release();
1761 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001762 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1763 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001764 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1765 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001766 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001767 } else {
1768 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1769 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1770 // operator node.
1771 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1772 "passing") ||
1773 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1774 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001775 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001776
1777 break;
1778 }
1779 }
1780
1781 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1782 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1783 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1784 break;
1785
1786 case OR_Ambiguous:
1787 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1788 << "[]"
1789 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1790 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001791 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001792
1793 case OR_Deleted:
1794 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1795 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1796 << "[]"
1797 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1798 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1799 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001800 }
1801
1802 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1803 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1804 // build a built-in operation.
1805 }
1806
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001807 // Perform default conversions.
1808 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1809 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001810
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001811 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001812
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001813 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001814 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001815 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001816 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001817 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1818 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001819 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1820 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1821 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1822 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1823 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001824 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1825 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001826 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001827 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001828 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001829 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1830 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001831 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001832 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1833 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001834 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001835
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001836 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1837 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001838 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1839 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1840 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1841 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1842 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1843 // force the promotion here.
1844 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1845 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1846 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1847 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1848
1849 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1850 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1851 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1852 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1853 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1854 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1855 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1856 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1857 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1858
1859 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1860 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1861 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001862 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001863 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1864 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001865 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001866 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001867 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001868 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1869 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001870
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001871 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1872 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1873 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1874 // incomplete types are not object types.
1875 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1876 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1877 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1878 return ExprError();
1879 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001880
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001881 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001882 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001883 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1884 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001885
1886 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1887 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1888 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1889 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1890 return ExprError();
1891 }
1892
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001893 Base.release();
1894 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001895 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001896 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001897}
1898
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001899QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001900CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001901 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001902 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001903
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001904 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1905 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001906
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001907 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001908 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1909 // to be selected.
1910 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001911
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001912 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1913 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001914 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001915
1916 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1917 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001918 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001919 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1920 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001921 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001922 do
1923 compStr++;
1924 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001925 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001926 do
1927 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001928 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001929 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001930
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001931 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001932 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1933 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001934 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1935 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001936 return QualType();
1937 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001938
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001939 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1940 // operates on.
1941 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1942 compStr = CompName.getName();
1943
1944 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001945 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001946
1947 while (*compStr) {
1948 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1949 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1950 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1951 return QualType();
1952 }
1953 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001954 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001955
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001956 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1957 // number of elements.
1958 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001959 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001960 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001961 return QualType();
1962 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001963
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001964 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001965 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001966 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001967 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001968 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001969 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1970 : CompName.getLength();
1971 if (HexSwizzle)
1972 CompSize--;
1973
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001974 if (CompSize == 1)
1975 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001976
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001977 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001978 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001979 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1980 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1981 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1982 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001983 }
1984 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001985}
1986
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001987static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1988 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001989 const Selector &Sel,
1990 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001991
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001992 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001993 return PD;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001994 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001995 return OMD;
1996
1997 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1998 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001999 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2000 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002001 return D;
2002 }
2003 return 0;
2004}
2005
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002006static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002007 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002008 const Selector &Sel,
2009 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002010 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2011 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002012 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002013 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002014 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002015 GDecl = PD;
2016 break;
2017 }
2018 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002019 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002020 GDecl = OMD;
2021 break;
2022 }
2023 }
2024 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002025 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002026 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2027 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002028 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002029 if (GDecl)
2030 return GDecl;
2031 }
2032 }
2033 return GDecl;
2034}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002035
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002036/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2037/// all base class implementations.
2038///
2039ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2040 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2041 const Selector &Sel) {
2042 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002043 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2044 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002045 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002046
2047 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2048 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2049 return Method;
2050}
2051
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002052Action::OwningExprResult
2053Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2054 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002055 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002056 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002057 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002058 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002059
2060 // Perform default conversions.
2061 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002062
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002063 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2064 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002065
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002066 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2067 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002068 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002069 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002070 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2071 BaseExpr, true,
2072 OpLoc,
2073 DeclarationName(&Member),
2074 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002075 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002076 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002077 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002078 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2079 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002080 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002081 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2082 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2083 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002084 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002085 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2086 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2087 // (so we'll report an error for)
2088 // T* t;
2089 // t.f;
2090 //
2091 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2092 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2093 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2094 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2095
2096 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2097 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002098 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2099 BaseExpr, false,
2100 OpLoc,
2101 DeclarationName(&Member),
2102 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002103 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002104 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002105
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002106 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2107 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002108 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002109 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002110 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002111 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2112 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2113 return ExprError();
2114
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002115 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002116 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002117 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002118 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002119 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002120
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002121 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002122 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2123 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002124 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002125 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2126 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2127 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002128 }
2129
2130 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002131
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002132 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2133 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2134 // error cases.
2135 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2136 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002137
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002138 // Check the use of this field
2139 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2140 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002141
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002142 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002143 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2144 // (C++ [class.union]).
2145 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002146 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002147 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002148
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002149 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2150 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002151 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002152 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2153 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2154 else {
2155 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2156 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002157 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002158 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2159 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2160 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002161
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002162 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002163 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2164 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002165 }
2166
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002167 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2168 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002169 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002170 Var, MemberLoc,
2171 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002172 }
2173 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2174 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002175 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002176 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2177 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002178 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002179 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2180 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002181 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002182 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002183 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2184 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002185 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2186 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002187 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002188 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002189 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2190 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002191
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002192 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2193 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2194 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002195 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2196 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2197 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002198 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002199
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002200 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2201 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002202 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002203 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002204 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2205 &Member,
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002206 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002207 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2208 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2209 // error cases.
2210 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2211 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002212
2213 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2214 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2215 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002216 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2217 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002218 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2219 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2220 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002221 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2222 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2223 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002224 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2225 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2226 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2227 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002228 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002229 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2230 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2231 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2232 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2233 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2234 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002235 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002236
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002237 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002238 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002239 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002240 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2241 }
2242 // @protected
2243 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2244 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2245 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002246
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002247 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002248 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002249 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002250 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002251 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2252 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2253 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002254 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002255
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002256 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2257 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2258 const PointerType *PTy;
2259 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2260 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2261 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2262 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002263
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002264 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002265 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2266 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002267 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2268 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2269 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002270 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2271 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2272 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002273 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2274 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002275 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002276 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2277 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002278
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002279 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002280 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2281 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002282 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2283 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002284 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2285 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2286 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002287
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002288 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002289 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2290 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002291
2292 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2293 // selector is implemented.
2294
2295 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2296 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2297
2298 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002299 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002300
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002301 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2302 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002303 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002304
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002305 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2306 if (!Getter) {
2307 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2308 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002309 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002310 }
2311 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002312 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002313 // Check if we can reference this property.
2314 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2315 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002316 }
2317 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2318 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2319 Selector SetterSel =
2320 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2321 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002322 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002323 if (!Setter) {
2324 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2325 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002326 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002327 }
2328 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2329 if (!Setter) {
2330 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2331 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002332 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002333 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002334 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002335
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002336 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2337 return ExprError();
2338
2339 if (Getter || Setter) {
2340 QualType PType;
2341
2342 if (Getter)
2343 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2344 else {
2345 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2346 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2347 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2348 }
2349 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2350 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2351 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2352 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002353 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2354 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002355 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002356 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002357 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy;
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002358 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2359 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002360 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002361 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002362 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002363 // Check the use of this declaration
2364 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2365 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002366
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002367 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002368 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2369 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002370 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002371 // Check the use of this method.
2372 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2373 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002374
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002375 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002376 OMD->getResultType(),
2377 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2378 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002379 }
2380 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002381
2382 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2383 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002384 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002385 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2386 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2387 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2388 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2389 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002390 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2391 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002392 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002393 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002394 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002395 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002396 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002397 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002398 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2399 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2400 Selector SetterSel =
2401 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2402 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002403 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002404 if (!Setter) {
2405 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2406 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002407 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002408 }
2409 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2410 if (!Setter) {
2411 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2412 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002413 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002414 }
2415 }
2416
2417 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2418 return ExprError();
2419
2420 if (Getter || Setter) {
2421 QualType PType;
2422
2423 if (Getter)
2424 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2425 else {
2426 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2427 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2428 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2429 }
2430 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2431 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2432 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2433 }
2434 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2435 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002436 }
2437 }
2438
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002439 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002440 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002441 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2442 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002443 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002444 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002445 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002446 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002447
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002448 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2449 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2450
2451 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2452 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2453 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2454 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2455 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2456 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2457 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2458 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2459 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2460 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2461 }
2462
2463 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002464}
2465
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002466/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2467/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2468/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2469/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2470/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2471/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002472bool
2473Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002474 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002475 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002476 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2477 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002478 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002479 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2480 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2481 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002482 bool Invalid = false;
2483
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002484 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2485 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2486 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2487 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2488 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2489 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2490 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2491 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002492 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002493 }
2494
2495 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2496 // them.
2497 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2498 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2499 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2500 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2501 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2502 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2503 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2504 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002505 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002506 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002507 }
2508 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2509 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002510
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002511 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2512 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2513 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002514
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002515 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002516 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002517 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002518
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002519 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2520 ProtoArgType,
2521 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2522 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2523 return true;
2524
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002525 // Pass the argument.
2526 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2527 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002528 } else {
2529 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2530 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2531 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2532 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2533 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2534 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002535 } else {
2536 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2537
2538 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2539 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2540 // be properly destroyed.
2541 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2542 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2543 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2544 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2545 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2546 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2547 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002548 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002549
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002550 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002551 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002552 }
2553
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002554 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002555
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002556 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2557 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002558
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002559 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2560 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002561 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2562 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2563 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2564 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2565 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2566
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002567 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2568 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2569 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002570 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002571 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2572 }
2573 }
2574
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002575 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002576}
2577
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002578/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002579/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2580/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002581Action::OwningExprResult
2582Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2583 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002584 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002585 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002586 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002587 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002588 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002589 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002590 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002591 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002592
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002593 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002594 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002595 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002596 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2597 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002598 bool Dependent = false;
2599 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2600 Dependent = true;
2601 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2602 Dependent = true;
2603
2604 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002605 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002606 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2607
2608 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2609 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2610 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2611 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2612
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002613 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002614 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2615 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2616 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2617 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2618 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2619 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2620 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002621 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2622 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002623 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002624 }
2625
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002626 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002627 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002628 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2629 bool ADL = true;
2630 while (true) {
2631 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2632 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2633 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002634 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002635 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002636 ADL = false;
2637 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2638 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002639 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002640 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2641 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002642 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2643 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2644 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2645 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002646 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002647 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2648 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2649 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002650 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002651 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2652 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2653 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002654 break;
2655 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002656 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002657
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002658 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002659 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002660 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002661 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002662 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl())))
2663 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2664 else
2665 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002666 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002667 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002668 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002669
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002670 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2671 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002672 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002673 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002674 ADL = false;
2675
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002676 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2677 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2678 ADL = false;
2679
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002680 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002681 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2682 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002683 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2684 if (!FDecl)
2685 return ExprError();
2686
2687 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2688 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002689 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002690 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002691 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2692 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2693 false, false,
2694 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2695 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002696 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002697 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002698 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2699 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2700 Fn = NewFn;
2701 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002702 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002703
2704 // Promote the function operand.
2705 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2706
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002707 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2708 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002709 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2710 Args, NumArgs,
2711 Context.BoolTy,
2712 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002713
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002714 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2715 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2716 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2717 // have type pointer to function".
2718 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2719 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002720 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2721 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002722 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2723 } else { // This is a block call.
2724 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2725 getAsFunctionType();
2726 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002727 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002728 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2729 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2730
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002731 // Check for a valid return type
2732 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2733 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2734 FuncT->getResultType(),
2735 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2736 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2737 return ExprError();
2738
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002739 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002740 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002741
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002742 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002743 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002744 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002745 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002746 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002747 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002748
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002749 if (FDecl) {
2750 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2751 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2752 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002753 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
2754 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2755 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2756 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2757 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2758 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2759 }
2760 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002761 }
2762
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002763 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002764 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2765 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2766 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002767 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2768 Arg->getType(),
2769 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2770 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2771 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002772 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002773 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002774 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002775
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002776 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2777 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002778 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2779 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002780
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002781 // Check for sentinels
2782 if (NDecl)
2783 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002784 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002785 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002786 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002787 if (NDecl)
2788 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002789
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002790 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002791}
2792
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002793Action::OwningExprResult
2794Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2795 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002796 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002797 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002798 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002799 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002800 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002801
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002802 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002803 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002804 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2805 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002806 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2807 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2808 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002809 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002810 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002811
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002812 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002813 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002814 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002815
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002816 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002817 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002818 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002819 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002820 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002821 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002822 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002823 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002824}
2825
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002826Action::OwningExprResult
2827Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002828 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2829 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2830 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002831
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002832 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002833 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002834
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002835 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002836 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002837 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002838 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002839}
2840
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002841/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002842bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002843 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2844
2845 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2846 // type needs to be scalar.
2847 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2848 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002849 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2850 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002851 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002852 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2853 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2854 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2855 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002856 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002857 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2858 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2859 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2860 // GCC cast to union extension
2861 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2862 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002863 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002864 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2865 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2866 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2867 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2868 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2869 break;
2870 }
2871 }
2872 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2873 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2874 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2875 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002876 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002877 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002878 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002879 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002880 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002881 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002882 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2883 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002884 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002885 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2886 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002887 return true;
2888 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2889 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2890 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002891 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2892 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2893 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002894 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002895 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002896 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2897 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2898 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2899 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2900 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2901 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2902 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2903 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2904 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2905 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2906 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002907 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002908 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2909 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002910 return false;
2911}
2912
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002913bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002914 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002915
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002916 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002917 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002918 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002919 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002920 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002921 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002922 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002923 } else
2924 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002925 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002926 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002927
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002928 return false;
2929}
2930
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002931bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
2932 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
2933
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00002934 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
2935 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002936 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
2937 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
2938 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
2939 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
2940 return false;
2941 }
2942
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00002943 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002944 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
2945 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00002946 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
2947 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
2948 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
2949 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002950 return false;
2951}
2952
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002953Action::OwningExprResult
2954Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2955 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2956 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2957 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002958
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002959 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002960 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2961
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002962 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002963 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002964 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002965 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002966}
2967
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002968/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2969/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002970/// C99 6.5.15
2971QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2972 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002973 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2974 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2975 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2976
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002977 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2978 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2979 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2980 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2981 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2982 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002983
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002984 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002985 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2986 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2987 << CondTy;
2988 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002989 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002990
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002991 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002992
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002993 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2994 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002995 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2996 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2997 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002998 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002999
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003000 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3001 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003002 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3003 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003004 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003005 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003006 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003007 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003008 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003009 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003010
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003011 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003012 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003013 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3014 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3015 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3016 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3017 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3018 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3019 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3020 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3021 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003022 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003023 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003024 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3025 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003026 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
3027 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
3028 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3029 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3030 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003031 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003032 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
3033 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
3034 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3035 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3036 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003037 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003038
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003039 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
3040 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
3041 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
3042 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
3043
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00003044 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
3045 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003046 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
3047 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003048 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
3049 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
3050 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
3051 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003052
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003053 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3054 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
3055 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
3056 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3057 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3058 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3059 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3060 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3061 return destType;
3062 }
3063 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
3064 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
3065 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3066 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3067 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3068 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3069 return destType;
3070 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003071
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003072 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
3073 if (sameKind
3074 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3075 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3076 return LHSTy;
3077 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003078
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003079 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003080
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003081 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
3082 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
3083 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
3084 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
3085 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3086 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3087 // type. This allows
3088 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3089 // where B is a subclass of A.
3090 //
3091 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3092 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3093 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3094 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003095
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003096 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3097 // It could return the composite type.
3098 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3099 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3100 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3101 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
3102 compositeType = LHSTy;
3103 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3104 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
3105 compositeType = RHSTy;
3106 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
3107 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
3108 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3109 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3110 if (!sameKind
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003111 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3112 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003113 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3114 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3115 return QualType();
3116 } else {
3117 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3118 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3119 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3120 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003121 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3122 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003123 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003124 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003125 } else if (!sameKind
3126 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3127 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3128 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3129 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3130 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3131 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3132 // to get a consistent AST.
3133 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3134 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3135 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3136 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003137 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003138 // The pointer types are compatible.
3139 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3140 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3141 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3142 // type.
3143 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3144 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3145 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3146 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3147 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003148 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003149
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003150 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3151 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3152 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3153 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3154 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3155 return RHSTy;
3156 }
3157 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3158 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3159 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3160 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3161 return LHSTy;
3162 }
3163
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003164 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3165 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003166 // id with statically typed objects).
3167 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003168 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3169 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3170 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003171 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003172 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003173 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3174 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3175 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003176 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3177 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3178 // change the type of method sends.
3179
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003180 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3181 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3182 // cases. Investigate.
3183 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003184 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3185 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003186 return compositeType;
3187 }
3188 }
3189
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003190 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003191 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3192 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003193 return QualType();
3194}
3195
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003196/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003197/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003198Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3199 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3200 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3201 ExprArg RHS) {
3202 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3203 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003204
3205 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3206 // was the condition.
3207 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3208 if (isLHSNull)
3209 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003210
3211 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003212 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003213 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003214 return ExprError();
3215
3216 Cond.release();
3217 LHS.release();
3218 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003219 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003220 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3221 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003222}
3223
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003224
3225// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003226// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003227// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3228// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3229// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003230Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003231Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3232 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003233
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003234 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003235 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3236 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003237
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003238 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003239 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3240 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003241
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003242 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003243
3244 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3245 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3246 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003247 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003248 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003249 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003250
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003251 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3252 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003253 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003254 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003255 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003256 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003257
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003258 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003259 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3260 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003261 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003262
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003263 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003264 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003265 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003266
3267 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003268 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3269 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003270 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003271 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003272 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003273 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3274 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3275 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3276 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3277 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3278 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3279 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3280 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3281 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3282 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3283 }
3284 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3285 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3286 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3287 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3288 }
3289 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3290 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3291 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3292 // warning can be disabled.
3293 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3294 return ConvTy;
3295 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3296 }
3297 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3298 return IncompatiblePointer;
3299 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003300 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003301}
3302
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003303/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3304/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3305/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3306// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003307Sema::AssignConvertType
3308Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003309 QualType rhsType) {
3310 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003311
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003312 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3313 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003314 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3315
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003316 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3317 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3318 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003319
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003320 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003321
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003322 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3323 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3324 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003325
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003326 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003327 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003328 return ConvTy;
3329}
3330
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003331/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3332/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003333/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3334///
3335/// int a, *pint;
3336/// short *pshort;
3337/// struct foo *pfoo;
3338///
3339/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3340/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3341/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3342/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3343///
3344/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003345/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003346///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003347Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003348Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003349 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3350 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003351 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3352 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003353
3354 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003355 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003356
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003357 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3358 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3359 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3360 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3361 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3362 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3363 // type.
3364 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3365 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003366 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003367 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003368 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003369
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003370 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3371 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003372 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003373 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3374 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3375 return IntToPointer;
3376 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3377 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003378 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003379 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003380
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003381 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3382 // to the same ExtVector type.
3383 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3384 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3385 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3386 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3387 return Compatible;
3388 }
3389
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003390 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003391 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003393 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003394 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3395 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003396 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003397 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003398 }
3399 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003400 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003401
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003402 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003403 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003404
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003405 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003406 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003407 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003408
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003409 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003410 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003411
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003412 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003413 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003414 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003415
3416 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3417 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3418 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3419 return Compatible;
3420 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003421 return Incompatible;
3422 }
3423
3424 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3425 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003426 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003427
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003428 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3429 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3430 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3431 return Compatible;
3432
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003433 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3434 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003435
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003436 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3437 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003438 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003439 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003440 return Incompatible;
3441 }
3442
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003443 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003444 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003445 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3446 return Compatible;
3447
3448 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003449 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003450
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003451 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003452 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003453
3454 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003455 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003456 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003457 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003458 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003459
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003460 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003461 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003462 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003463 }
3464 return Incompatible;
3465}
3466
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003467/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3468/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3469static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3470 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3471 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3472 // of the transparent union.
3473 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3474 &E, 1,
3475 SourceLocation());
3476 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3477 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3478
3479 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3480 // union type from this initializer list.
3481 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3482 false);
3483}
3484
3485Sema::AssignConvertType
3486Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3487 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3488
3489 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3490 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3491 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003492 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003493 return Incompatible;
3494
3495 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3496 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3497 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3498 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3499 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3500 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3501 it != itend; ++it) {
3502 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3503 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3504 // 1) void pointer
3505 // 2) null pointer constant
3506 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3507 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3508 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3509 InitField = *it;
3510 break;
3511 }
3512
3513 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3514 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3515 InitField = *it;
3516 break;
3517 }
3518 }
3519
3520 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3521 == Compatible) {
3522 InitField = *it;
3523 break;
3524 }
3525 }
3526
3527 if (!InitField)
3528 return Incompatible;
3529
3530 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3531 return Compatible;
3532}
3533
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003534Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003535Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003536 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3537 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3538 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3539 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3540 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003541 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3542 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003543 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003544 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003545 }
3546
3547 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3548 // structures.
3549 }
3550
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003551 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3552 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003553 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3554 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003555 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003556 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003557 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003558 return Compatible;
3559 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003560
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003561 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003562 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003563 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003564 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003565 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003566 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003567 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3568 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003569
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003570 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3571 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003572
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003573 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3574 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003575 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3576 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3577 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3578 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003579 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003580 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003581 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003582}
3583
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003584QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003585 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003586 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003587 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003588 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003589}
3590
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003591inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003592 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003593 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003594 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003595 QualType lhsType =
3596 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3597 QualType rhsType =
3598 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003599
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003600 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003601 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003602 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003603
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003604 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3605 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003606 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3607 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3608 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003609 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3610 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003611 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003612 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003613 }
3614 }
3615 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003616
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003617 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3618 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3619 bool swapped = false;
3620 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3621 swapped = true;
3622 std::swap(rex, lex);
3623 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3624 }
3625
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003626 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003627 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3628 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3629 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3630 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003631 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003632 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3633 return lhsType;
3634 }
3635 }
3636 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3637 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3638 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003639 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003640 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3641 return lhsType;
3642 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003643 }
3644 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003645
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003646 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003647 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003648 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003649 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003650 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003651}
3652
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003653inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003654 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003655{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003656 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003657 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003659 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003660
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003661 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003662 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003663 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003664}
3665
3666inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003667 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003668{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003669 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3670 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3671 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3672 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3673 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003674
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003675 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003677 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003678 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003679 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003680}
3681
3682inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003683 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003684{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003685 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3686 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3687 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3688 return compType;
3689 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003690
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003691 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003692
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003693 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003694 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3695 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3696 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003697 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003698 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003699
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003700 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3701 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3702 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3703 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3704
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003705 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003706 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003707 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3708 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3709 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003710 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3711 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003712 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003713 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003714 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003715
3716 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3717 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3718 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003719 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003720 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3721 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3722 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3723 return QualType();
3724 }
3725
3726 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3727 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3728 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3729 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003730 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003731 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003732 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3733 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003734 return QualType();
3735
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003736 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3737 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3738 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3739 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3740 return QualType();
3741 }
3742
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003743 if (CompLHSTy) {
3744 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3745 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3746 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003747 else {
3748 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3749 if (!T.isNull())
3750 LHSTy = T;
3751 }
3752
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003753 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3754 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003755 return PExp->getType();
3756 }
3757 }
3758
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003759 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003760}
3761
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003762// C99 6.5.6
3763QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003764 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3765 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3766 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3767 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3768 return compType;
3769 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003770
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003771 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003772
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003773 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003774
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003775 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003776 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3777 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003778 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003779 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003780 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003781
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003782 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3783 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003784 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003785
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003786 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003787
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003788 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3789 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3790 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3791 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3792 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3793 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3794 return QualType();
3795 }
3796
3797 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3798 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3799 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3800 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3801 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003802 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003803 return QualType();
3804 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003805
3806 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3807 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3808 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3809 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3810 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3811 lex->getSourceRange(),
3812 SourceRange(),
3813 lex->getType()))
3814 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003815
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003816 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3817 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3818 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3819 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3820 return QualType();
3821 }
3822
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003823 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003824 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3825 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3826 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3827 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3828 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3829 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3830 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3831 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3832
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003833 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003834 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003835 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003836
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003837 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3838 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003839 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003840
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003841 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3842 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3843 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3844 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3845 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3846 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3847 return QualType();
3848 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003849
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003850 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3851 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3852 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3853 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003854 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003855 return QualType();
3856 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003857
3858 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3859 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3860 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3861 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3862 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3863 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3864 rex->getSourceRange(),
3865 SourceRange(),
3866 rex->getType()))
3867 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003868
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003869 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3870 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3871 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3872 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3873 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3874 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3875 return QualType();
3876 }
3877 } else {
3878 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3879 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3880 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3881 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3882 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3883 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3884 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3885 return QualType();
3886 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003887 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003888
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003889 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3890 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3891 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3892 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3893 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3894 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3895 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003896
3897 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003898 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3899 }
3900 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003901
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003902 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003903}
3904
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003905// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003906QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003907 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003908 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3909 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003910 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003911
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003912 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3913 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003914 QualType LHSTy;
3915 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3916 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003917 else {
3918 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3919 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3920 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3921 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003922 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003923 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3924
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003925 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003926
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003927 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003928 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003929}
3930
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003931// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003932QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003933 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3934 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3935
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003936 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003937 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003938
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003939 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003940 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3941 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3942 else {
3943 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3944 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3945 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003946 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3947 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003948
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003949 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3950 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003951 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3952 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3953 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003954 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3955 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003956 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3957 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3958 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3959 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003960 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3961 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003962 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003963
3964 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3965 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3966 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3967 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3968
3969 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3970 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003971 Expr *literalString = 0;
3972 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003973 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003974 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3975 literalString = lex;
3976 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3977 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003978 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3979 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003980 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3981 literalString = rex;
3982 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3983 }
3984
3985 if (literalString) {
3986 std::string resultComparison;
3987 switch (Opc) {
3988 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3989 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3990 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3991 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3992 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3993 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3994 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3995 }
3996 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3997 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3998 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003999 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4000 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4001 "strcmp(")
4002 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4003 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004004 resultComparison);
4005 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004006 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004007
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004008 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004009 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004010
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004011 if (isRelational) {
4012 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004013 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004014 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004015 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004016 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004017 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004018 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004019 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004020
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004021 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004022 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004023 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004024
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004025 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4026 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004027
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004028 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4029 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4030 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004031 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004032 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004033 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004034 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004035 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004036
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004037 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4038 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4039 return ResultTy;
4040
4041 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4042 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4043 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4044 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4045 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4046 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4047 //
4048 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4049 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004050 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004051 if (T.isNull()) {
4052 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4053 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4054 return QualType();
4055 }
4056
4057 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4058 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4059 return ResultTy;
4060 }
4061
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004062 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004063 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4064 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004065 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004066 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004067 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004068 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004069 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004070 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004071 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004072 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004073 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4074 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4075 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4076 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4077 return ResultTy;
4078 }
4079 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4080 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4081 return ResultTy;
4082 }
4083 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4084 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4085 return ResultTy;
4086 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004087 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004088 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004089 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4090 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004091
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004092 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004093 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004094 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004095 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004096 }
4097 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004098 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004099 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004100 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004101 if (!isRelational
4102 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4103 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004104 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004105 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
4106 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4107 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
4108 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4109 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4110 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004111 }
4112 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004113 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004114 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004115
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004116 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004117 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004118 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4119 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004120 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004121 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004122 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004123 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004124
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004125 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4126 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004127 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004128 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004129 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004130 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004131 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004132 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004133 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004134 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004135 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4136 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004137 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004138 } else {
4139 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004140 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004141 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004142 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004143 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004144 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004145 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004146 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004147 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004148 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004149 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004150 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004151 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004152 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004153 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004154 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004155 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004156 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004157 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004158 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004159 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004160 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004161 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004162 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004163 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004164 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4165 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004166 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004167 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004168 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004169 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4170 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004171 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004172 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004173 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004174 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004175}
4176
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004177/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004178/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004179/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4180/// types.
4181QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004182 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004183 bool isRelational) {
4184 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4185 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004186 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004187 if (vType.isNull())
4188 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004189
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004190 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4191 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004192
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004193 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4194 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4195 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4196 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4197 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4198 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4199 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004200 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004201 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004202
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004203 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4204 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4205 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004206 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004207 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004208
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004209 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4210 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4211 if (1) {
4212 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4213 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4214 return QualType();
4215 }
4216
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004217 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4218 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4219 // elements for floating point vectors.
4220 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4221 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004222
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004223 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004224 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004225 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004226 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004227 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004228 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4229
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004230 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004231 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004232 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4233}
4234
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004235inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004236 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004237{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004238 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004239 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004240
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004241 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004242
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004243 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004244 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004245 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004246}
4247
4248inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004249 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004250{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004251 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4252 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004253
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004254 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004255 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004256 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004257}
4258
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004259/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4260/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4261/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4262///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004263static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004264{
4265 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4266 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4267 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4268 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4269 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004270 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004271 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4272 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4273 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4274 return true;
4275 }
4276 }
4277 return false;
4278}
4279
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004280/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4281/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4282static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004283 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4284 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4285 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004286 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4287 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004288 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4289 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004290
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004291 unsigned Diag = 0;
4292 bool NeedType = false;
4293 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4294 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4295 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004296 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004297 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4298 NeedType = true;
4299 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004300 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004301 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4302 NeedType = true;
4303 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004304 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004305 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4306 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004307 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004308 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4309 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004310 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4311 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004312 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004313 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4314 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004315 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004316 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4317 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004318 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004319 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4320 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004321 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4322 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4323 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004324 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4325 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4326 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004327 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004328
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004329 SourceRange Assign;
4330 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4331 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004332 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004333 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004334 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004335 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004336 return true;
4337}
4338
4339
4340
4341// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004342QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4343 SourceLocation Loc,
4344 QualType CompoundType) {
4345 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4346 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004347 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004348
4349 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4350 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004351
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004352 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004353 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004354 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004355 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004356 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4357 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4358 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4359 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4360 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4361 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4362 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004363
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004364 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4365 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4366 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004367 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004368 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4369 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4370 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4371 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4372 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004373 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004374 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004375 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4376 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4377 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004378 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4379 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004380 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4381 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4382 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004383 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004384 }
4385 } else {
4386 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004387 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004388 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004389
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004390 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4391 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004392 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004393
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004394 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4395 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004397 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4398 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004399 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004400 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004401 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004402}
4403
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004404// C99 6.5.17
4405QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004406 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004407 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004408
4409 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4410 // incomplete in C++).
4411
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004412 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004413}
4414
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004415/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4416/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004417QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4418 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004419 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4420 return Context.DependentTy;
4421
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004422 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4423 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004424
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004425 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4426 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4427 if (!isInc) {
4428 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4429 return QualType();
4430 }
4431 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4432 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4433 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004434 // OK!
4435 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4436 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004437 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004438 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4439 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4440 << Op->getSourceRange();
4441 return QualType();
4442 }
4443
4444 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004445 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004446 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004447 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4448 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4449 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4450 return QualType();
4451 }
4452
4453 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004454 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004455 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4456 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4457 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4458 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004459 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004460 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4461 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4462 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004463 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004464 } else {
4465 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004466 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004467 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004468 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004469 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004470 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004471 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004472 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004473 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004474}
4475
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004476/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004477/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004478/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4479/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4480/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4481/// - &(x) => x
4482/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4483/// - &s.xx => s
4484/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4485/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4486/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4487/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004488static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004489 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004490 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004491 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004492 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004493 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004494 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4495 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4496 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004497 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004498 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004499 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004500 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004501 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004502 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4503 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004504 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4505 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4506 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4507 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4508 }
4509 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004510 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004511 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4512 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004513
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004514 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004515 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4516 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4517 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4518 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4519 default:
4520 return 0;
4521 }
4522 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004523 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004524 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004525 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004526 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4527 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004528 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004529 default:
4530 return 0;
4531 }
4532}
4533
4534/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004535/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004536/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004537/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004538/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004539/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004540/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004541QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004542 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4543 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4544
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004545 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4546 return Context.DependentTy;
4547
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004548 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4549 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4550 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4551 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4552 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4553 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4554 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4555 }
4556 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4557 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4558 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004559 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004560 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004561
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004562 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4563 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004564 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004565 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004566 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004567 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4568 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004569 return QualType();
4570 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004571 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004572 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4573 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4574 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004575 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004576 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4577 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004578 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004579 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004580 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004581 return QualType();
4582 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004583 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004584 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4585 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4586 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004587 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4588 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004589 return QualType();
4590 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004591 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004592 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004593 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4594 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004595 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4596 // scope qualifier for the class.
4597 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4598 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4599 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4600 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4601 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4602 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004603 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004604 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004605 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004606 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4607 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4608 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4609 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004610 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004611 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004612
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004613 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4614 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4615 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4616 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4617 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4618 }
4619
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004620 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4621 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4622}
4623
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004624QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004625 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4626 return Context.DependentTy;
4627
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004628 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4629 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004630
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004631 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4632 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4633 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4634 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4635 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004636 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004637
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004638 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004639 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004640 return QualType();
4641}
4642
4643static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4644 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4645 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4646 switch (Kind) {
4647 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004648 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4649 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004650 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4651 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4652 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4653 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4654 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4655 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4656 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4657 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4658 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4659 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4660 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4661 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4662 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4663 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4664 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4665 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4666 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4667 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4668 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4669 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4670 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4671 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4672 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4673 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4674 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4675 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4676 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4677 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4678 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4679 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4680 }
4681 return Opc;
4682}
4683
4684static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4685 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4686 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4687 switch (Kind) {
4688 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4689 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4690 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4691 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4692 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4693 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4694 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4695 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4696 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004697 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4698 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4699 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4700 }
4701 return Opc;
4702}
4703
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004704/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4705/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4706/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004707Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4708 unsigned Op,
4709 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004710 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004711 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004712 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4713 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4714 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004715
4716 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004717 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4718 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4719 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004720 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4721 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4722 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4723 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4724 break;
4725 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004726 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4727 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4728 break;
4729 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4730 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4731 break;
4732 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4733 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4734 break;
4735 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4736 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4737 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004738 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004739 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4740 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4741 break;
4742 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4743 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4744 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4745 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004746 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004747 break;
4748 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4749 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004750 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004751 break;
4752 case BinaryOperator::And:
4753 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4754 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4755 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4756 break;
4757 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4758 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4759 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4760 break;
4761 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4762 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004763 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4764 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4765 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4766 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004767 break;
4768 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004769 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4770 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4771 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4772 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004773 break;
4774 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004775 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4776 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4777 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004778 break;
4779 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004780 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4781 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4782 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004783 break;
4784 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4785 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004786 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4787 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4788 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4789 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004790 break;
4791 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4792 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4793 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004794 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4795 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4796 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4797 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004798 break;
4799 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4800 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4801 break;
4802 }
4803 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004804 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004805 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004806 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4807 else
4808 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004809 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4810 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004811}
4812
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004813// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004814Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4815 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4816 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004817 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004818 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004819
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004820 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4821 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004822
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004823 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4824 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4825 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4826 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4827 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4828 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4829 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004830 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004831 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4832 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4833 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4834 Functions);
4835 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4836 DeclarationName OpName
4837 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4838 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004839 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004840
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004841 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4842 // binary operation.
4843 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004844 }
4845
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004846 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4847 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004848}
4849
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004850Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4851 unsigned OpcIn,
4852 ExprArg InputArg) {
4853 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004854
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004855 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004856 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004857 QualType resultType;
4858 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004859 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4860 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4861 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4862 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4863 break;
4864
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004865 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4866 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004867 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4868 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004869 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004870 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004871 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4872 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004873 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004874 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004875 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4876 break;
4877 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4878 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004879 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4880 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004881 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4882 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004883 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4884 break;
4885 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4886 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4887 break;
4888 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4889 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4890 resultType->isPointerType())
4891 break;
4892
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004893 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4894 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004895 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004896 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4897 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004898 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4899 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004900 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4901 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4902 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004903 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004904 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004905 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004906 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4907 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004908 break;
4909 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4910 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004911 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4912 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004913 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4914 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004915 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004916 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4917 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004918 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004919 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4920 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004921 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004922 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004923 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004924 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004925 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004926 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004927 resultType = Input->getType();
4928 break;
4929 }
4930 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004931 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004932
4933 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004934 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004935}
4936
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004937// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4938Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4939 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4940 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4941 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4942
4943 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4944 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4945 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4946 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4947 // the arguments.
4948 FunctionSet Functions;
4949 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4950 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4951 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4952 Functions);
4953 DeclarationName OpName
4954 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4955 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4956 }
4957
4958 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4959 }
4960
4961 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4962}
4963
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004964/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004965Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4966 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4967 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004968 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004969 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004970
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004971 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4972 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004973 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004974 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004975
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004976 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004977 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4978 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004979}
4980
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004981Sema::OwningExprResult
4982Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4983 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4984 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004985 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4986 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4987
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004988 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004989 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004990 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004991
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004992 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4993 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4994 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004995
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004996 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4997 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4998 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004999
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005000 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5001 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5002 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5003 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5004 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005005
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005006 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005007 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005008 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005009
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005010 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5011 // expressions are not lvalues.
5012
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005013 substmt.release();
5014 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005015}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005016
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005017Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5018 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5019 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5020 TypeTy *argty,
5021 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5022 unsigned NumComponents,
5023 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5024 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5025 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005026 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5027 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005028
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005029 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5030
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005031 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5032 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5033 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005034 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005035 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005036
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005037 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5038 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005039
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005040 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5041 // the offsetof designators.
5042 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5043 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005044 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005045 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005046
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005047 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5048 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005049 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5050 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005051 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005052 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5053 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005054
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005055 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005056 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005057
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005058 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5059 // leaks like a sieve.
5060 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5061 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5062 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5063 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5064 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5065 if (!AT) {
5066 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005067 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5068 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005069 }
5070
5071 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5072
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005073 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5074 // expression.
5075 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5076
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005077 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5078 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005079 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005080 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005081 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005082 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005083 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005084
5085 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5086 OC.LocEnd);
5087 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005088 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005089
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005090 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
5091 if (!RC) {
5092 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005093 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5094 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005095 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005096
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005097 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5098 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005099 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005100 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005101 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5102 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5103 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005104 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5105 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005106 }
5107
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005108 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5109 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5110 LookupMemberName)
5111 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005112 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005113 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005114 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5115 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005116
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005117 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5118 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005119 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005120 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5121 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005122 } else {
5123 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5124 // doesn't matter here.
5125 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5126 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5127 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005128 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005129 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005130
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005131 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5132 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005133}
5134
5135
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005136Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5137 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5138 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005139 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5140 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005141
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005142 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005143
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005144 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5145 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5146 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5147 return ExprError();
5148 }
5149
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005150 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5151 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005152}
5153
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005154Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5155 ExprArg cond,
5156 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5157 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5158 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5159 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5160 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005161
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005162 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5163
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005164 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005165 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005166 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5167 } else {
5168 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5169 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5170 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5171 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005172 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5173 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5174 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005175
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005176 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5177 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5178 }
5179
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005180 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5181 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5182 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005183}
5184
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005185//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5186// Clang Extensions.
5187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5188
5189/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005190void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005191 // Analyze block parameters.
5192 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005193
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005194 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5195 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5196 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005197
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005198 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005199 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005200 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005201 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5202 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005203
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005204 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005205 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005206}
5207
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005208void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005209 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005210
5211 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5212 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005213 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005214 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5215
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005216 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5217 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5218 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5219 return;
5220 }
5221
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005222 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5223 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5224 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5225
5226 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5227 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005228 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005229 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005230 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005231 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005232 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5233 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005234 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5235
5236 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5237 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5238 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5239 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5240 return;
5241 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005242 return;
5243 }
5244
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005245 // Analyze arguments to block.
5246 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5247 "Not a function declarator!");
5248 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005249
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005250 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5251 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005252
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005253 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5254 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5255 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5256 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005257 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5258 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005259 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005260 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005261 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5262 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005263 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005264 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005265 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005266 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005267 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005268 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005269 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005270 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5271 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5272 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5273 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5274 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005275
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005276 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005277 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005278 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005279 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005280 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005281 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5282 }
5283
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005284 // Analyze the return type.
5285 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5286 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5287
5288 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5289 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5290 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5291 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5292 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005293 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005294}
5295
5296/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5297/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5298void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5299 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5300 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005301
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005302 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5303
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005304 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005305 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005306 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005307 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005308}
5309
5310/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5311/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005312Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5313 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005314 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5315 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5316 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5317
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005318 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5319 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005320
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005321 PopDeclContext();
5322
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005323 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5324 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005325
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005326 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005327 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5328 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005329
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005330 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5331 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5332 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005333
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005334 QualType BlockTy;
5335 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman687abff2009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005336 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005337 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005338 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005339 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005340
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005341 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005342 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005343 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005344
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005345 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5346 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5347 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5348 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5349
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005350 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005351 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5352 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005353}
5354
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005355Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5356 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5357 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005358 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005359 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5360 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5361
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005362 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005363
5364 // Get the va_list type
5365 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005366 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5367 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5368 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5369 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005370 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005371 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5372 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5373 } else {
5374 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5375 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005376 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5377 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005378 return ExprError();
5379 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005380
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005381 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5382 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005383 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5384 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005385 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005386 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005387
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005388 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005389 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005390
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005391 expr.release();
5392 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5393 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005394}
5395
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005396Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005397 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5398 // pointers on the target.
5399 QualType Ty;
5400 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5401 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5402 else
5403 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5404
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005405 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005406}
5407
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005408bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5409 SourceLocation Loc,
5410 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5411 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5412 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5413 bool isInvalid = false;
5414 unsigned DiagKind;
5415 switch (ConvTy) {
5416 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5417 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005418 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005419 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5420 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005421 case IntToPointer:
5422 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5423 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005424 case IncompatiblePointer:
5425 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5426 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005427 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5428 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5429 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005430 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5431 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5432 break;
5433 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005434 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5435 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5436 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5437 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5438 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5439 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5440 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5441 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5442 // C++ semantics.
5443 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5444 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5445 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005446 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5447 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005448 case IntToBlockPointer:
5449 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5450 break;
5451 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005452 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005453 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005454 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005455 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005456 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5457 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5458 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005459 case IncompatibleVectors:
5460 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5461 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005462 case Incompatible:
5463 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5464 isInvalid = true;
5465 break;
5466 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005467
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005468 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5469 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005470 return isInvalid;
5471}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005472
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005473bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005474 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5475 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5476 if (Result)
5477 *Result = ICEResult;
5478 return false;
5479 }
5480
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005481 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5482
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005483 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005484 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5485 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5486
5487 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5488 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5489 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5490 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5491 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5492 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5493 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005494
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005495 return true;
5496 }
5497
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005498 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5499 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005500
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005501 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5502 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5503 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005504
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005505 if (Result)
5506 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5507 return false;
5508}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005509
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005510Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5511Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5512 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5513 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5514 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5515
5516 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5517 return NewContext;
5518}
5519
5520void
5521Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5522 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5523 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5524
5525 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5526 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5527 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5528 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5529 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5530 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5531 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5532
5533 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5534 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5535 I != IEnd; ++I)
5536 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5537 }
5538}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005539
5540/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5541///
5542/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5543/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5544/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5545/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5546///
5547/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5548///
5549/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5550void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5551 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5552
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005553 if (D->isUsed())
5554 return;
5555
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005556 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5557 // template or not.
5558 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5559 D->setUsed(true);
5560
5561 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5562 // an instantiation.
5563 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5564 return;
5565
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005566 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5567 case Unevaluated:
5568 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5569 return;
5570
5571 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5572 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5573 // "used"; handle this below.
5574 break;
5575
5576 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5577 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5578 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5579 // potentially evaluated.
5580 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5581 return;
5582 }
5583
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005584 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005585 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005586 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005587 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5588 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5589 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5590 }
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005591 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5592 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5593 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5594 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5595 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005596 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5597 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5598 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5599
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005600 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5601 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5602 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5603 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5604 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5605 }
5606 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005607 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005608 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5609 // class templates.
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005610 if (!Function->getBody(Context)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005611 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5612 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5613 // instantiated, naturally).
5614 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5615 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005616 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005617 }
5618
5619
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005620 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005621 Function->setUsed(true);
5622 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005623 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005624
5625 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5626 (void)Var;
5627 // FIXME: implicit template instantiation
5628 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
5629 D->setUsed(true);
5630 }
5631}
5632